1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
68 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
69 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
70 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
71 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
72 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
73 unsigned char tls_type
;
75 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
76 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
77 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
81 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
85 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
87 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
88 /* The number of global .got entries. */
89 unsigned int global_gotno
;
90 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
91 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
92 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
93 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
94 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
95 /* The number of local .got entries. */
96 unsigned int local_gotno
;
97 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
98 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
99 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
100 struct htab
*got_entries
;
101 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
102 unless multi-got was necessary. */
103 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
104 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
105 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
106 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
107 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
108 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
109 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
110 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
111 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
114 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
116 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
118 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
121 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
122 create and merge bfd's gots. */
124 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
126 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
128 /* The output bfd. */
130 /* The link information. */
131 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
132 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
133 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
135 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
136 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
138 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
139 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
141 unsigned int max_count
;
142 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
143 unsigned int primary_count
;
144 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
145 unsigned int current_count
;
146 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
147 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
148 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
150 unsigned int global_count
;
153 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
155 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
157 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
159 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
160 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
163 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
164 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
166 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
168 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
172 struct _mips_elf_section_data
174 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
177 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
182 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
183 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
185 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
186 the dynamic symbols. */
188 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
190 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
192 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
193 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
194 symbol with a GOT entry. */
195 long min_got_dynindx
;
196 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
197 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
198 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
199 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
200 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
201 symbol without a GOT entry. */
202 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
205 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
206 the global hash table. */
208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
210 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
212 /* External symbol information. */
215 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
217 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
219 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
220 a readonly section. */
221 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
223 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
224 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
225 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
227 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
229 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
230 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
233 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
234 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
235 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
237 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
238 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
241 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
242 being called returns a floating point value. */
243 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
245 /* Are we forced local? .*/
246 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
250 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
252 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
253 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
254 unsigned char tls_type
;
255 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
256 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
257 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
258 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
259 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
260 overloaded already. */
261 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
264 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
266 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
268 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
270 /* We no longer use this. */
271 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
272 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
274 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
275 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
276 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
277 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
278 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
279 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
280 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
281 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
283 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
284 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
287 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
288 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
289 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
290 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
291 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
292 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
293 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
294 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
295 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
296 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
297 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
298 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
299 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
300 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
302 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
307 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
308 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
309 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
313 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
315 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
318 "_procedure_string_table",
319 "_procedure_table_size",
323 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
328 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
329 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
330 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
331 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
332 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
333 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
342 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
343 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
344 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
348 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
349 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
350 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
351 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
352 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
353 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
358 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
359 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
360 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
361 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
362 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
370 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
376 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
378 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
380 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
381 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
382 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
383 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
384 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
385 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
386 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
387 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
389 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
390 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
391 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
392 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
393 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
395 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
396 has different meaning for each type:
399 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
400 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
401 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
402 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
405 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
406 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
407 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
408 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
410 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
411 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
412 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
413 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
415 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
416 loader for use by the static exception system. */
418 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
419 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
420 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
421 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
422 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
423 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
424 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
425 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
426 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
427 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
429 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
431 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
432 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
434 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
435 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
436 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
437 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
438 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
439 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
441 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
443 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
444 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
445 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
446 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
447 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
449 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
450 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
451 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
452 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
454 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
455 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
457 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
459 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
460 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
462 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
463 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
464 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
466 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
467 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
469 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
470 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
471 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
473 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
474 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
475 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
477 /* The name of the options section. */
478 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
479 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
481 /* The name of the stub section. */
482 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
484 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
485 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
486 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
488 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
489 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
490 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
492 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
493 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
494 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
496 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
497 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
498 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
500 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
501 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
502 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
504 /* Get word-sized data. */
505 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
506 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
508 /* Put out word-sized data. */
509 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
511 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
512 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
514 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
515 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
516 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
518 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
519 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
521 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
522 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
523 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
524 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
525 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
526 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
527 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
528 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
529 section, that is RELA. */
530 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
531 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
532 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
533 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
534 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
535 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
536 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
538 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
539 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
540 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
541 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
543 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
544 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
546 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
547 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
549 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
551 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
553 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
554 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
556 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
557 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
558 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
560 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
561 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
562 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
563 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
565 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
566 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
567 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
569 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
572 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
573 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
574 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
575 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
578 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
579 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
580 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
581 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
582 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
583 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
584 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
585 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
587 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
588 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
590 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
592 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
593 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
596 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
597 floating point arguments.
599 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
600 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
601 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
602 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
603 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
604 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
605 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
606 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
608 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
609 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
610 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
611 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
612 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
613 stub should be discarded.
615 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
616 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
617 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
618 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
619 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
620 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
621 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
624 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
625 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
626 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
628 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
630 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
631 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
632 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
634 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
636 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
637 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
638 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
641 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
643 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
644 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
646 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
649 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
651 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
652 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
654 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
655 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
657 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
658 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
661 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
663 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
664 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
666 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
670 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
672 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
673 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
675 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
678 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
680 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
681 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
682 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
684 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
685 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
687 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
690 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
692 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
694 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
695 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
696 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
700 /* Set local fields. */
701 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
702 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
703 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
705 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
706 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
707 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
709 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
710 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
711 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
712 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
713 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
716 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
720 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
722 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
723 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
725 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
728 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
730 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
733 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
734 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
737 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
738 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
741 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
744 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
745 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
747 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
748 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
751 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
752 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
755 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
756 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
758 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
760 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
761 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
765 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
766 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
767 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
769 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
770 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
774 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
775 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
776 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
777 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
778 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
779 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
781 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
782 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
783 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
784 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
785 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
795 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
797 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
798 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
799 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
800 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
801 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
802 free (debug
->external_sym
);
803 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
804 free (debug
->external_opt
);
805 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
806 free (debug
->external_aux
);
807 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
809 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
811 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
812 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
813 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
814 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
815 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
816 free (debug
->external_ext
);
820 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
823 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
825 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
826 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
827 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
828 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
829 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
830 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
832 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
833 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
835 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
838 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
841 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
842 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
843 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
845 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
846 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
848 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
850 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
851 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
856 unsigned long sindex
;
860 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
868 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
870 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
874 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
876 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
880 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
883 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
884 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
888 size
= sizeof (char *);
889 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
893 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
894 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
895 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
899 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
903 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
906 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
910 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
912 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
913 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
915 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
916 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
917 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
918 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
919 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
920 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
921 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
923 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
924 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
928 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
929 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
930 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
933 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
937 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
940 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
942 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
943 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
944 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
945 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
947 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
949 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
951 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
953 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
955 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
957 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
958 matters, but someday it might). */
959 s
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
988 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
992 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
993 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
995 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
996 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
998 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
999 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1001 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1002 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1003 being included in the link. */
1004 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1005 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1006 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1007 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1010 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1011 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1013 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1014 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1015 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1016 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1017 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1018 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1019 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1022 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1023 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1025 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1026 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1027 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1028 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1029 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1030 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1031 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1037 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1038 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1041 The format of these instructions is:
1043 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1044 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1045 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1047 +-----------------------------------------------+
1049 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1050 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1052 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1053 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1054 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1055 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1056 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1057 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1058 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1059 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1060 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1061 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1064 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1065 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1066 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1067 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1068 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1069 value as two 16-bit values.
1071 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1075 +--------+----------------------+
1079 +--------+----------------------+
1082 +----------+------+-------------+
1086 +----------+--------------------+
1087 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1088 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1090 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1091 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1092 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1093 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1094 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1096 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1097 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1099 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1100 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1101 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1102 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1103 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1105 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1108 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1109 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1110 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1112 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1113 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1114 little-endian system.
1116 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1117 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1118 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1119 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1123 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1124 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1126 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1128 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1129 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1132 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1133 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1134 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1135 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1138 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1139 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1141 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1144 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1145 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1146 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1150 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1151 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1153 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1155 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1156 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1159 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1160 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1164 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1165 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1166 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1170 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1176 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1177 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1179 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1180 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1183 bfd_reloc_status_type
1184 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1185 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1186 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1190 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1192 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1195 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1197 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1198 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1200 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1201 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1203 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1204 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1206 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1208 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1209 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1210 an external symbol. */
1212 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1213 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1215 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1217 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1219 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1220 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1224 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1227 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1229 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1232 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1233 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1234 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1239 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1241 asection
*input_section
;
1245 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1247 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1249 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1250 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1251 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1253 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1254 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1255 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1256 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1258 bfd_reloc_status_type
1259 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1260 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1261 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1262 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1264 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1266 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1267 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1269 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1271 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1273 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1275 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1276 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1279 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1280 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1282 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1285 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1286 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1287 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1289 bfd_reloc_status_type
1290 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1291 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1292 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1294 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1295 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1296 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1297 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1298 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1299 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1302 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1303 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1306 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1307 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1308 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1310 bfd_reloc_status_type
1311 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1312 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1313 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1316 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1318 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1319 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1321 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1323 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1324 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1327 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1329 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1330 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1332 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1334 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1335 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1336 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1337 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1338 has a rightshift of 0. */
1339 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1340 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1342 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1343 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1344 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1346 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1347 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1349 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1352 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1356 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1357 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1361 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1362 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1363 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1365 bfd_reloc_status_type
1366 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1367 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1368 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1369 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1372 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1373 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1375 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1377 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1378 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1380 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1382 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1384 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1385 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1386 offset or address. */
1387 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1388 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1393 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1394 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1395 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1396 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1398 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1399 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1400 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1404 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1405 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1406 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1407 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1408 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1409 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1412 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1414 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1415 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1417 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1418 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1420 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1422 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1425 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1430 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1432 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1435 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1436 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1439 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1442 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1443 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1447 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1448 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1450 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1451 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1455 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1456 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1458 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1459 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1460 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1461 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1462 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1463 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1467 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1468 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1472 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1473 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1474 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1475 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1476 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1477 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1478 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1481 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1482 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1483 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1486 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1489 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1490 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1491 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1492 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1493 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1494 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1498 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1499 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1501 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1502 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1503 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1504 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1505 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1506 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1509 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1510 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1511 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1512 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1513 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1516 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1517 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1519 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1520 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1521 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1522 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1523 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1524 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1525 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1529 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1530 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1532 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1533 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1534 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1535 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1536 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1537 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1538 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1541 /* Swap in an options header. */
1544 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1545 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1547 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1548 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1549 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1550 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1553 /* Swap out an options header. */
1556 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1557 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1559 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1560 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1561 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1562 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1565 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1566 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1569 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1571 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1572 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1574 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1575 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1577 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1580 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1583 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1584 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1587 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1588 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1590 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1591 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1592 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1593 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1595 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1596 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1603 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1604 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1605 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1606 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1607 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1608 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1609 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1610 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1611 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1612 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1613 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1614 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1615 when generating a final executable. */
1618 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1620 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1622 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1624 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1625 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1627 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1629 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1630 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1631 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1632 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1633 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1635 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1636 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1637 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1638 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1639 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1647 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1650 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1651 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1652 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1653 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1654 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1655 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1657 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1658 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1662 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1664 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1665 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1666 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1668 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1669 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1670 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1672 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1674 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1675 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1676 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1677 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1679 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1681 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1682 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1683 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1686 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1688 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1689 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1690 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1695 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1696 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1698 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1699 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1700 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1701 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1704 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1706 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1707 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1708 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1709 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1710 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1711 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1712 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1713 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1714 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1715 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1716 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1717 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1718 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1719 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1720 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1721 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1722 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1724 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1728 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1729 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1732 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1733 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1734 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1735 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1737 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1738 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1739 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1740 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1742 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1743 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1744 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1745 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1746 + sec
->output_offset
1747 + output_section
->vma
);
1749 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1751 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1753 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1754 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1756 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1758 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1759 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1764 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1765 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1766 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1768 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1771 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1772 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1773 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1774 + sec
->output_offset
1775 + output_section
->vma
);
1777 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1782 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1783 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1786 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1793 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1796 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1798 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1799 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1801 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1804 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1806 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1809 static INLINE hashval_t
1810 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1813 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1819 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1820 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1824 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1826 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1828 return entry
->symndx
1829 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1830 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1832 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1833 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1837 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1839 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1840 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1842 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1843 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1846 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1847 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1848 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1849 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1852 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1853 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1854 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1858 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1860 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1862 return entry
->symndx
1864 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1865 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1866 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1867 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
1869 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
1870 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1874 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1876 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1877 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1879 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
1880 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1883 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
1884 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1887 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1888 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1889 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1890 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1891 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1894 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1897 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
1899 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1902 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1903 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1905 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1907 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1912 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1914 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1915 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1921 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1924 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
1926 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1928 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1933 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1934 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1937 static struct mips_got_info
*
1938 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
1941 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1943 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1944 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1945 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1946 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1947 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1950 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1955 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
1956 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
1960 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
1961 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1965 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
1966 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
1968 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
1969 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
1972 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
1974 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
1975 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
1981 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
1988 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
1991 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
1997 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
1998 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2001 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2003 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2004 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2006 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2007 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2012 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2013 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2016 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2018 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2019 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2020 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2022 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2024 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2030 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2031 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2034 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2036 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2037 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2038 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2040 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2045 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2048 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2054 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2056 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2058 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2059 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2061 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2063 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2064 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2066 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2069 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2070 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2072 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2073 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2076 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2079 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2080 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2081 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2082 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2086 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2087 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2089 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2091 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2092 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2097 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2099 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2100 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2101 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2104 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2107 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2109 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2110 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2113 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2114 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2115 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2116 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2117 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2119 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2120 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2122 /* General Dynamic. */
2123 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2125 offset
= got_offset
;
2126 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2130 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2131 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2132 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2133 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2136 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2137 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2138 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2139 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2141 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2142 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2146 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2147 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2148 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2149 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2152 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2155 /* Initial Exec model. */
2156 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2158 offset
= got_offset
;
2163 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2164 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2166 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2167 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2169 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2170 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2171 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2172 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2175 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2176 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2179 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2181 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2182 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2183 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2184 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2185 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2188 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2189 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2191 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2192 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2193 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2194 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2197 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2200 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2201 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2202 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2203 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2206 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2207 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2210 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2211 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2213 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2215 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2217 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2218 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2219 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2224 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2226 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2230 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2232 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2239 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
2240 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. If
2241 R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS GOT entry instead.
2242 Returns -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
2245 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2246 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2247 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2250 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2251 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2253 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2255 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
,
2256 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2260 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2261 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2264 return entry
->gotidx
;
2267 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2270 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2271 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2275 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2276 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2278 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2279 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2281 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2283 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2285 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2286 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2290 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2293 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2295 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2297 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2299 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2300 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2301 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2302 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2303 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2304 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2305 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2307 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2308 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2315 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2316 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2318 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2320 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2321 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2322 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2324 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2325 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2326 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2327 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2328 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2329 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2331 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2332 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2336 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2337 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2338 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2340 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2341 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2342 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2344 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2349 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
2350 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
2351 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
2352 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
2353 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
2356 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2357 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2360 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2362 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2364 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2366 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2368 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff), 0,
2369 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2374 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2377 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2382 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
2383 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
2386 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2387 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
2390 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2391 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2395 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
2396 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
2397 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
2399 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2402 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2404 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
, 0, NULL
,
2407 return entry
->gotidx
;
2412 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2416 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2417 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2421 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2423 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2424 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2425 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2427 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2430 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
2431 or -1 if it could not be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2432 create a TLS entry instead. */
2434 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2435 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
,
2436 struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2437 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
,
2438 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2439 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2442 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2443 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2447 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2450 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2453 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2454 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2457 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2458 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2459 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2460 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2461 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->forced_local
);
2462 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2464 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2467 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2469 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2475 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2481 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2482 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2488 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2493 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2496 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2501 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2503 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2505 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2506 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2507 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2508 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2509 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2513 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2514 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2519 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2520 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2521 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2522 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2523 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2524 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2527 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2529 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2530 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2533 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2535 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2538 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2539 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2540 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2541 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2542 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2543 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2544 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2545 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2546 too large offsets. */
2547 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2548 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2549 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2550 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2551 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2554 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2555 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2556 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2557 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2558 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2560 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2561 table index in the GOT. */
2562 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2567 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2568 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2572 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2574 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2576 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2577 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2579 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2581 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2584 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2585 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2586 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2588 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2590 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2592 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2593 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2594 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2596 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2597 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2600 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2602 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2603 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2609 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2610 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2614 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2615 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2616 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2617 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2619 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2621 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2623 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2625 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2629 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2632 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2638 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2641 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2644 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2645 need to do it again. */
2648 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2652 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2658 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2660 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2662 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2665 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2666 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2667 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2674 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2675 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2678 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2679 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2680 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2682 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2685 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2686 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2687 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2688 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2689 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2693 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2696 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2698 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2701 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2709 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2710 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2712 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2714 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2716 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2722 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2726 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2731 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2736 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2739 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2741 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2742 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2744 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2747 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2750 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2752 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2753 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2754 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2755 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2757 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2760 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2761 be the master GOT data. */
2763 static struct mips_got_info
*
2764 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2766 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2772 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2773 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2776 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2777 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2781 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2783 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2784 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2785 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2786 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2787 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2790 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2792 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2793 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2794 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2800 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2801 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2811 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2812 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2813 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2820 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2821 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2823 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2825 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
2826 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
2827 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2828 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2829 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2839 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2840 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2841 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2846 if (entry
->tls_type
)
2848 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
2850 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2853 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2861 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2862 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2863 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2864 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2865 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2866 and then make make the new got current. */
2869 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
2871 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2872 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2873 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2874 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2875 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2876 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
2877 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2878 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
2880 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
2881 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
2882 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
2883 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
2886 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
2887 if (primary_total
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
)
2888 >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
))
2889 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
2892 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2893 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2894 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
2895 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
2897 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2898 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2900 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2901 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2902 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2903 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
2904 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2906 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2907 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2908 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2909 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
2911 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2913 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2914 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2916 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2919 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2920 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2921 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2924 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2925 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2926 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
2928 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2929 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
2931 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2932 else if (arg
->current
2933 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
2935 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2936 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2937 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2938 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
2940 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2942 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2943 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2945 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2948 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2950 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2951 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2952 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
2954 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2955 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
2957 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2958 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2959 overflows anyway. */
2962 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2963 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2965 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
2971 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. */
2974 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2976 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2977 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
2979 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
2980 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
2983 if (entry
->symndx
== -1)
2985 /* There may be multiple mips_got_entry structs for a global variable
2986 if there is just one GOT. Just do this once. */
2987 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2989 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
2991 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
2994 else if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2996 /* Similarly, there may be multiple structs for the LDM entry. */
2997 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2999 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3004 /* Initialize the GOT offset. */
3005 entry
->gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3006 if (g
->next
== NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3007 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3009 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3010 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3011 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3012 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3014 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3015 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3020 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3021 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3022 got) to the given VALUE.
3024 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3025 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3026 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3027 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3028 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3029 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3030 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3031 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3034 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3036 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3037 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3038 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3039 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3041 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3042 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3043 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3044 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3046 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3047 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3048 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3052 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3054 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3055 if (arg
->info
->shared
3056 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3057 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3058 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3059 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3062 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3068 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3069 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3071 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3073 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3075 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3076 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3077 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3078 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3083 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3084 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3085 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3086 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3087 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3088 the traversal must be restarted. */
3090 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3092 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3093 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3095 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3097 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3099 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3100 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3101 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3103 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3108 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3109 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3110 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3112 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3113 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3116 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3117 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3119 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3122 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3123 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3129 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3132 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3138 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3140 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3141 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3144 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3147 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3150 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3152 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3155 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3159 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3163 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3164 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3167 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3168 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3171 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3172 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3173 bfd_size_type pages
)
3175 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3176 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3177 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3178 unsigned int assign
;
3180 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3181 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3182 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3185 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3186 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3187 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3189 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3190 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3191 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3192 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3195 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3196 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3197 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3198 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3199 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3200 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
3201 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3202 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
3203 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3204 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3206 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3208 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3209 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3210 to be the primary GOT. */
3211 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3212 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3215 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3216 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3218 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3219 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3220 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3223 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3224 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3225 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3226 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3227 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3228 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3229 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3230 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3231 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3233 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3235 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3238 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3239 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3241 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3245 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3246 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3247 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3248 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3251 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3254 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3255 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3262 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3264 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3268 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3269 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3270 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3273 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3274 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3275 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3276 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3277 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3278 follows IRIX's practice.
3280 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3281 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3282 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3283 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3287 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3288 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3289 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3293 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3294 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3295 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3296 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3297 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3298 their entries can be omitted. */
3299 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3300 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3303 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3304 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3305 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3306 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3307 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3308 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3309 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3310 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3311 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3314 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3315 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3316 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3317 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3318 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3319 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3320 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3321 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3322 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3323 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3324 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3325 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3326 points back to the master GOT. */
3327 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3328 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3335 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3337 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3338 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3339 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3340 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3342 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3343 all non-TLS entries. */
3344 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3345 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3347 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3348 list that gg points to. */
3354 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3357 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3361 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3362 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3363 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3369 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3370 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3372 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3373 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3374 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3375 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3377 while (relocation
< relend
)
3379 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
3385 /* We didn't find it. */
3386 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3390 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3393 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3394 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3395 asection
**local_sections
,
3396 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3398 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3399 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3400 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3403 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3404 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3405 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3407 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3409 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3414 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3415 was forced local. */
3416 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3417 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3418 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3419 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3420 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3421 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3422 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3429 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3432 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3434 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3435 /* VALUE is negative. */
3436 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3441 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3442 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3446 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3448 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3450 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3451 /* The value is too big. */
3453 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3454 /* The value is too small. */
3461 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3464 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3466 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3469 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3472 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3475 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3482 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3485 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3488 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3495 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3498 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3499 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3502 register asection
*s
;
3504 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3506 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3509 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
3511 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
3512 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3513 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3516 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3522 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3525 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3526 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3529 register asection
*s
;
3530 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3531 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3532 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3535 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3536 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3539 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3540 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3544 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3545 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3548 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3550 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3551 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3552 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
3554 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
3555 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3558 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3559 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3560 are not creating a global offset table. */
3562 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3563 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3564 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3567 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3570 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3573 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3576 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3577 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3580 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3581 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3583 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3584 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3587 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3588 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3589 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3590 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3592 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3593 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3594 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3599 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3600 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3601 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3603 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3604 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3605 relocation must be JALX.
3607 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3608 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3609 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3610 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3612 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3613 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3614 asection
*input_section
,
3615 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3616 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3617 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3618 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3619 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3620 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3621 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3623 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3625 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3628 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3629 shared object file being produced. */
3630 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3631 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3634 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3635 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3636 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3637 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3638 during execution. */
3639 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3640 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3642 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3643 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3644 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3646 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3647 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3648 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3651 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3653 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3654 relocation value. */
3655 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3656 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3657 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3659 /* Parse the relocation. */
3660 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3661 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3662 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3663 + input_section
->output_offset
3664 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3666 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3667 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3669 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3670 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3671 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3672 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3673 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3674 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3675 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3676 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3679 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3680 must come before globals. */
3684 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3687 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3689 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3690 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3692 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3693 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3694 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3695 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3696 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3697 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3699 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3701 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3704 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3705 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3708 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3709 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3710 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3713 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3715 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3719 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3721 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3722 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3723 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3724 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3725 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3726 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3727 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3729 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3730 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3732 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3733 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3734 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3735 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3737 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3738 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3739 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3740 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3741 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3745 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3746 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3747 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3749 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3750 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3751 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3753 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3754 if (sec
->output_section
)
3755 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3756 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3757 + sec
->output_offset
);
3759 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3761 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3762 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3763 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3764 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3767 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
3768 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3770 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
3771 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3773 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3774 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3775 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3776 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3777 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3779 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3780 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3785 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3786 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3787 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3788 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
3789 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
3790 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3794 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3797 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3798 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3800 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3801 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3802 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3803 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3804 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3806 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3807 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3810 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3813 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3817 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3819 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3820 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3821 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3823 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3824 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3826 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3827 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3829 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3834 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3836 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3837 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3839 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3846 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3849 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3851 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
3852 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3855 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3856 special jalx instruction. */
3857 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3858 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3859 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3861 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3862 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3864 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3865 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3868 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3869 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3870 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3872 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
3873 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3879 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3880 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3881 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3882 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3883 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3885 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
3886 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
3887 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3888 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
3890 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, 0, 0, NULL
,
3893 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3897 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3898 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3899 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3901 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3902 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3904 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
,
3906 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
3907 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3909 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3910 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
3912 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3913 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3914 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3915 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3916 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3917 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3920 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3921 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3922 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3926 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3927 info
, symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
,
3930 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3933 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3934 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3935 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3940 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3941 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3942 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3945 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3946 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3947 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3948 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3949 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3951 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3959 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3963 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3966 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3967 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3974 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3976 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
3977 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
3979 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3981 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3982 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3983 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3984 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3987 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3995 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3999 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4000 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4004 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4008 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4009 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4012 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4013 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4014 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4015 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4019 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4020 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4021 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4022 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4023 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4026 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4029 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4030 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4031 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4033 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4036 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4037 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4041 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4042 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4045 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4046 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4050 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4051 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4058 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4059 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4063 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4064 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4065 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4069 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4070 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4071 both reloc addends by 4. */
4072 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4073 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4075 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4076 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4083 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4086 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4087 for this conditional. */
4088 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4089 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4091 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4092 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4093 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4094 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4095 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4098 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4099 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4102 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4103 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4104 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4105 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4106 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4107 not check for overflow here. */
4111 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4112 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4113 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4114 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4119 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4120 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4121 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4122 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4123 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4124 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4125 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4126 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4127 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4128 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4129 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4130 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4131 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4132 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4133 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4134 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4138 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4147 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
4148 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4150 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4151 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4152 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4153 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4154 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4155 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4157 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
4158 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4159 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4166 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4167 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4168 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4171 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4174 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4175 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4177 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4181 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
4182 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4185 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4186 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4187 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4188 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4189 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4191 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4192 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4195 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4196 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4197 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4200 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4201 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4202 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4206 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4207 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4208 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4209 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
4210 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4211 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4214 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4216 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4219 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4223 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4224 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4228 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4229 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4232 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4233 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4234 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4237 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4238 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4239 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4243 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4244 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4245 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4246 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4247 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4248 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4252 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4253 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4254 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4255 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4258 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4259 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4262 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4264 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4267 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4270 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4271 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4272 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4275 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4277 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4278 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4283 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4284 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4285 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4286 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4287 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4288 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4290 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4293 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4294 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4295 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4296 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4297 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4298 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4302 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4304 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4305 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4307 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4309 /* Obtain the current value. */
4310 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4312 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4313 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4315 /* Set the field. */
4316 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4318 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4322 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4323 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4325 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4326 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4328 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4333 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4337 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4340 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4341 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4344 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4345 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4349 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4350 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4353 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4354 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4355 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4356 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4357 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4358 && !info
->relocatable
4360 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4361 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4367 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4368 + input_section
->output_offset
4369 + relocation
->r_offset
4371 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4372 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4376 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4377 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4380 /* Put the value into the output. */
4381 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4383 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4389 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4392 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4394 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4396 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
4397 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
4398 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
4401 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
4404 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int n
)
4408 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
4409 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4413 /* Make room for a null element. */
4414 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4417 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4420 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4421 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4422 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4423 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4426 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4427 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4428 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4429 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4430 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4431 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4433 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4438 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4440 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4441 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4442 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4443 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4444 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4445 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4448 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4449 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4450 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4451 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4452 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4453 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4455 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4456 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4459 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4461 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4462 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4463 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4468 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4469 in the relocation. */
4471 && (! info
->symbolic
|| !h
->root
.def_regular
)
4472 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4474 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
4476 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4477 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4478 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4480 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4481 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4482 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4483 undefined symbols. */
4488 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4490 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4492 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4497 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4502 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4503 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4504 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4505 local symbols because we used to generate them
4506 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4507 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4508 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4509 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4510 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4511 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4513 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4514 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4515 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4516 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4517 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4522 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4523 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4524 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4525 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4526 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4529 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4530 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4531 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4533 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4534 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4535 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4536 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4537 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4538 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4539 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4540 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4541 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4542 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4543 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4544 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4545 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4546 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4549 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4551 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4552 correct location in the output file. */
4553 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4554 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4555 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4556 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4557 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4558 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4560 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4561 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4562 relocation format is non-standard. */
4563 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4565 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4566 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4568 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4571 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4572 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4573 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4575 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4576 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4578 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4579 will be writing to it. */
4580 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4583 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4584 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4586 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4591 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4593 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4594 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4595 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4596 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4597 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4598 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4600 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4601 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4602 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4604 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4605 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4606 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4607 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4608 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4609 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4610 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4617 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4620 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4622 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4624 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4625 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4627 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4628 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4630 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4631 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4633 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4634 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4636 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4637 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4639 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4640 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4642 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4643 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4645 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4646 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4648 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4649 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4651 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4652 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4655 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4659 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4663 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4667 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4671 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4675 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4678 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4679 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4682 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4683 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4686 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4687 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4690 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
4691 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
4699 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4701 static INLINE
char *
4702 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
4706 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4707 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4710 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4712 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4716 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4718 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4720 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4722 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4725 return "unknown abi";
4729 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4730 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4731 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4732 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4733 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4734 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4735 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4736 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4738 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4739 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4740 definition in a shared library. */
4741 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4742 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4743 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4745 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4746 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4749 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
4751 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4753 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4754 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4756 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4757 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4758 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4759 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4760 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4761 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4762 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4764 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4765 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4766 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4767 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4768 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4769 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4770 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4771 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4772 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4773 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4775 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4779 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4780 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4781 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4782 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4785 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4786 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4788 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4789 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4790 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4791 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4792 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4793 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4794 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4795 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4796 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4797 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4799 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4800 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4803 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4804 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4809 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
4811 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4812 if (section
!= NULL
)
4814 asym
->section
= section
;
4815 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4816 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
4817 base address to make it an offset. */
4818 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4825 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
4827 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4828 if (section
!= NULL
)
4830 asym
->section
= section
;
4831 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4832 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
4833 base address to make it an offset. */
4834 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4841 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
4842 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
4844 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
4845 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
4846 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
4847 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
4848 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
4850 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
4851 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
4852 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
4853 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
4855 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
4856 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
4857 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
4858 We therefore take the following approach:
4860 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
4861 determine the pointer size.
4863 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
4864 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
4868 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
4869 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
4870 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
4871 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
4872 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
4874 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
4875 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
4879 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
4881 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
4883 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
4885 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
4887 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
4888 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
4889 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
4896 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
4897 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
4898 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
4907 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4908 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4909 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4911 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4912 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4915 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4916 will jump there rather than to .text.
4918 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4919 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4922 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
4924 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
4927 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4928 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4929 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4933 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
4935 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4936 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4940 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4941 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4944 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4947 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4948 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4952 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4953 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4954 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4955 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4957 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4959 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4960 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4961 so that we don't have to read them again.
4962 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4963 through the section contents to see if there is an
4964 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4966 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4968 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4969 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4971 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4973 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4975 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4982 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4983 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4986 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4987 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
4990 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4997 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4998 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5001 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5002 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5009 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5011 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5013 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5014 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5015 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5017 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5018 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5020 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5022 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5023 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5025 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5027 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5028 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5030 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5033 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5035 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5037 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5039 unsigned int adjust
;
5041 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5043 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5051 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5052 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5053 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5055 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5059 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5064 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5065 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5066 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5067 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5068 probably get away with this. */
5069 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5071 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5072 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5076 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5079 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5080 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5083 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5084 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
5087 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5088 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5091 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5092 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5094 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5096 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5097 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5098 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5100 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5102 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5103 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5106 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5107 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
5110 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5111 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
5114 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5115 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
5118 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5119 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5122 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5123 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
5124 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5125 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
5132 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
5137 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5138 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5144 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5146 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5147 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5148 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5149 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5150 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5152 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5155 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5156 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5158 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5159 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5162 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5163 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5164 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5165 they should agree. */
5166 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5168 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5170 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5171 if (contents
== NULL
)
5173 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5180 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5181 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5183 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5185 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5187 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5189 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5191 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5193 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5194 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5196 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5198 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5200 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5202 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5204 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5205 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5207 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5217 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5218 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5219 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5222 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5224 register const char *name
;
5226 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5228 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5230 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5231 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5232 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5234 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5235 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5236 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
5238 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5239 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5240 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5242 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5243 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5244 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5246 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5247 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5248 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5249 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5250 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5252 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5254 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5256 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5257 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5258 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5259 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5261 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5262 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5264 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5267 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5269 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5270 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5271 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5272 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5274 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5275 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5277 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5278 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5281 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5282 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5283 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5284 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5285 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5286 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5287 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5288 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5290 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5291 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5293 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
5295 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5296 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5297 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5299 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
5301 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5302 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5303 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5305 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
5306 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5307 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5309 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5310 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5311 final_write_processing. */
5313 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
5314 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5315 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
5317 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5318 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5319 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5321 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5323 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5324 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5325 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5328 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5329 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5330 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5331 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5332 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5337 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5338 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5339 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5340 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5341 the .scommon section. */
5344 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5345 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5347 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5349 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5352 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5354 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5360 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5361 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5364 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5365 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5366 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5367 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5369 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5370 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5371 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5373 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5378 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5381 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5382 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5383 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5384 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5387 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5388 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5389 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5390 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5394 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5395 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5397 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5398 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5399 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5401 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5402 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5405 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5406 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5407 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5410 /* Initialize the section. */
5412 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5413 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5415 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5416 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5418 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5419 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5420 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5421 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5422 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5423 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5424 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5426 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5427 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5428 so I took it out. */
5429 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5432 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5433 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5435 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5436 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5438 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5439 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5440 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5442 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5443 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5446 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5447 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5448 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5451 /* Initialize the section. */
5453 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5454 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5456 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5457 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5459 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5460 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5461 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5462 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5463 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5464 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5465 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5467 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5468 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5469 so I took it out. */
5470 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5473 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5474 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5478 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5480 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5481 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5483 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5484 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5486 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5488 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5489 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5490 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5493 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5496 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5498 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5501 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5504 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5505 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5506 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5507 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5513 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5514 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5515 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5518 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5519 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5520 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5521 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5523 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5524 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5525 common in the output file. */
5526 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5527 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5528 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5530 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5531 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5536 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5538 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5541 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5543 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5544 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5546 register asection
*s
;
5547 const char * const *namep
;
5549 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5550 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5552 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
5553 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5556 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5560 /* We need to create .got section. */
5561 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5564 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
5567 /* Create .stub section. */
5568 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5569 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5571 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
5573 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
5574 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5575 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5579 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5581 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5583 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5585 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
5586 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5587 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5591 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5592 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5593 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5594 the linker takes such action. */
5595 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5597 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5600 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5601 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5602 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5605 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5608 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5610 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5614 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5615 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5617 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5621 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5622 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
5624 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5625 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
5627 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5628 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
5630 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5631 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
5633 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5634 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5636 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5643 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
5645 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5646 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
5647 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5650 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5653 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5655 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5658 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
5660 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5661 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5662 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5663 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5664 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5665 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5667 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5669 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5670 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
5671 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5674 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5677 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5679 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5687 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5688 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5691 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5692 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
5696 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5697 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5698 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5700 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5701 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5704 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5706 if (info
->relocatable
)
5709 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5710 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5711 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5712 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5714 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5716 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5717 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5719 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5721 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5724 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5726 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5727 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5731 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5732 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5733 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5734 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5736 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5737 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5739 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5740 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5741 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5742 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5743 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5744 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5745 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5746 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5747 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5751 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
5753 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5756 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5757 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5758 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5759 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5762 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5771 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5772 not need it. Since this function is called before
5773 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5774 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5776 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5780 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5782 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5784 unsigned long symcount
;
5788 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5789 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5791 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5792 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5793 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5796 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5799 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5801 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5802 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5803 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5804 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5808 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5810 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5811 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5813 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5816 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5819 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5820 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5822 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5823 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5826 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5829 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5831 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5832 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5834 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5835 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5836 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5837 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5838 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5839 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5840 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5844 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5845 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5847 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5849 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5850 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5852 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5854 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5855 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5856 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5857 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5858 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5859 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5860 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5861 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5862 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5864 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5869 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5879 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5884 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5885 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5886 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5891 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5892 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5893 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5895 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5896 unsigned int r_type
;
5897 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5899 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5900 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5902 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5904 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5906 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5907 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5909 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5914 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5916 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5919 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5920 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5924 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5925 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5931 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5932 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5933 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5934 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5935 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5936 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5937 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5939 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5941 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5942 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5944 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5951 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5952 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5953 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5961 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5962 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5963 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5965 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5966 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5967 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5968 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5969 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5970 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5971 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5972 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5973 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
5982 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5983 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5984 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5985 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5990 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5991 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5994 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5995 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
5998 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5999 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6000 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6006 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6007 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6008 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6013 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6014 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6016 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6017 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6018 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6019 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6021 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6022 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6023 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6029 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6030 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6031 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6032 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6036 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6038 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6041 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6042 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6050 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6051 for TLS GD relocations. */
6053 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6055 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6060 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6061 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6062 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6064 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6069 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6071 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6072 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6081 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
6082 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6086 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
6090 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
6093 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6094 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6095 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
6096 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
6097 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
6098 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6099 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6100 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6101 relocations against the text segment. */
6102 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6106 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6108 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6109 defined in a dynamic object. */
6110 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6111 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6112 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6113 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6114 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6115 are relocations against the text segment. */
6116 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6119 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6120 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6121 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6122 dynamic relocations against it. */
6126 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6127 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6129 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6130 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6135 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6136 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6137 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6141 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6142 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6143 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6144 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6145 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6146 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6149 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6150 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6151 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6152 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6156 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6157 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6158 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6159 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6167 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6168 related to taking the function's address. */
6174 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6176 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6177 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6181 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6182 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6187 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6188 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6189 References from a stub section do not count. */
6191 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6192 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
6193 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
6194 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
6195 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
6196 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6197 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
6199 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6201 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6202 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6210 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6211 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6214 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6215 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6216 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6217 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6219 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6220 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6221 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6223 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6226 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6229 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6230 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6231 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6234 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6235 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6236 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6237 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6239 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6242 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6243 unsigned int r_type
;
6244 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6246 unsigned long instruction
;
6248 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6249 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6250 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6251 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6252 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6255 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6256 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6257 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6259 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6260 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6261 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6263 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6264 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6265 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6267 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6269 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6270 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6271 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6272 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6273 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6276 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6277 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6278 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6279 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6280 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6282 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6286 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6288 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6289 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6291 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6292 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6293 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6294 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6296 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6300 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6301 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6303 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6304 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6305 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6306 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6309 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6310 symval
= isym
->st_value
6311 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6312 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6315 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6317 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6318 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6320 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6321 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6326 /* Check that it's in range. */
6327 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6330 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6331 if (contents
== NULL
)
6333 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6334 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6335 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6338 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6343 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6345 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6346 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6347 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6348 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6349 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6350 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6354 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6355 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6356 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6359 if (contents
!= NULL
6360 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6362 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6366 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6367 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6373 if (contents
!= NULL
6374 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6379 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6380 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6381 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6382 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6386 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6387 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6390 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6393 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6395 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6396 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6398 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6401 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6403 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6404 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6406 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6407 if (! info
->relocatable
6408 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6409 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6410 || !h
->def_regular
))
6412 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
6413 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6414 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6415 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6416 against the text segment. */
6417 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6420 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6421 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6424 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6427 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6428 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6429 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6430 executable and the shared library. */
6431 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6433 /* We need .stub section. */
6434 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6435 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6436 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6438 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6439 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6441 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6442 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6444 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6445 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6447 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6448 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6452 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6455 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6456 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6457 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6461 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6462 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6463 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6464 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
6466 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6467 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
6468 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6469 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6473 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6474 is not a function. */
6479 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
6480 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
6481 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
6484 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6485 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6491 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6493 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
6494 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
6496 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
6498 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
6499 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
6501 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6503 if (! (info
->relocatable
6504 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
6505 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
6506 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
6508 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6510 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
6513 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
6517 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
6518 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
6520 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
6522 asection
*subsection
;
6524 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
6526 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
6528 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
6530 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
6531 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
6535 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
6536 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
6537 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
6538 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
6540 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
6543 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
6544 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6546 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
6547 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
6550 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
6551 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
6553 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
6555 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
6556 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
6557 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
6559 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
6560 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6562 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
6563 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6565 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
6566 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
6567 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
6568 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
6569 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
6570 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6571 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
6573 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
6574 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6576 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6578 if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
))
6580 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
6585 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
6586 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
6587 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
6593 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
6596 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6597 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6601 bfd_boolean reltext
;
6603 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6604 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
6606 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6608 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
6609 if (info
->executable
)
6611 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
6612 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6614 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
6616 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
6620 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
6621 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
6624 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6629 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
6630 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
6631 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
6633 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6638 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
6642 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
6643 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
6644 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
6645 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
6646 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
6647 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
6649 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
6650 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
6655 const char *outname
;
6658 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
6659 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
6660 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
6661 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
6662 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
6664 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
6666 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
6668 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
6669 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6670 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
6673 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
6674 to copy relocs into the output file. */
6675 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
6678 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
6679 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
6680 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
6681 will move them around between input sections'
6682 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
6683 broken, so don't let it run. */
6684 info
->combreloc
= 0;
6687 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
6689 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
6690 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
6691 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
6693 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
6694 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
6695 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
6696 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
6700 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6701 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
6703 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
6704 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
6705 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
6706 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
6707 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6709 unsigned int save_assign
;
6711 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6713 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6714 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
6715 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
6716 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
6717 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
6718 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
6719 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
6720 &set_got_offset_arg
);
6721 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
6722 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
6723 <= g
->global_gotno
);
6725 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
6728 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6729 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6730 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6731 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
6732 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6738 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
6742 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
6744 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6745 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
6748 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
6752 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6754 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6756 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6757 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6758 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6760 else if (! info
->shared
6761 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6762 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6764 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6765 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6768 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6769 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6770 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6771 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6773 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6779 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6783 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6784 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
6785 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6787 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6792 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6794 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6795 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6796 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6797 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6798 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6801 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6802 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6803 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6805 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6807 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6813 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6814 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6816 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6821 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6822 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6824 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6826 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6830 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6833 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6835 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6838 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6841 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6845 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6848 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6851 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6854 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6857 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6860 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6863 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6866 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6867 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6870 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6871 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6872 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6873 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6880 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6883 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6884 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
6885 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6886 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6887 asection
**local_sections
)
6889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6890 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6892 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6893 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6895 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6896 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6897 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6901 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6902 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6903 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6905 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6906 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6909 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6910 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6912 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6913 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6914 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6915 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6916 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6917 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6918 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6920 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6922 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6926 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6927 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6928 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6929 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6930 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6933 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6935 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6937 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6938 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6939 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6940 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6941 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6942 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6943 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6944 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6945 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6946 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6947 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6949 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
6951 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6952 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6954 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6955 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
6957 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6959 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
6962 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6964 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6965 combination of the addend stored in two different
6967 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
6968 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6969 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6970 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6973 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6974 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6975 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
6978 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
6979 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
6981 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
6983 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6984 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6985 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6986 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6989 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
6991 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
6992 relocation must be immediately following.
6993 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
6994 may be a composed relocation consisting of
6995 several relocations for the same address. In
6996 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
6997 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
6998 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
6999 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7002 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7005 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7007 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7008 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7010 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7012 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
7013 input_bfd
, contents
);
7014 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7016 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7017 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7018 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7022 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7026 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7029 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7032 if (info
->relocatable
)
7034 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7035 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7037 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7038 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7041 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
7042 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
7043 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
7044 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
7045 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
7046 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
7048 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
7050 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
7053 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7054 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7055 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7056 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7057 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
7058 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
7060 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7061 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7062 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7063 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
7064 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7066 if (rela_relocation_p
)
7067 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
7068 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
7071 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7072 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7073 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7074 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7075 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7076 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7077 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7079 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7081 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7082 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7083 source of the addend in the final link. */
7084 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7086 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7087 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7088 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7089 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7090 but for endianness. */
7096 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7098 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7105 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7106 do two separate stores. */
7107 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7109 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7111 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7117 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7119 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7120 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7121 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7122 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7126 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7127 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7132 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7136 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7137 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7138 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7140 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7141 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7142 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7143 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7145 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7147 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
7148 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
7149 input_section
, info
, rel
,
7150 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
7151 local_sections
, &value
,
7152 &name
, &require_jalx
,
7153 use_saved_addend_p
))
7155 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
7156 /* There's nothing to do. */
7159 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7160 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
7161 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
7162 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
7163 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
7166 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
7167 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
7168 info
->callbacks
->warning
7169 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7172 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7173 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7174 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
7175 a given location. */
7179 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7180 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7181 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
7182 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
7195 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
7196 until we reach the last one. */
7197 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7203 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7204 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7205 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
7206 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
7207 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
7208 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
7209 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
7210 only a 32-bit VMA. */
7216 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7218 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7225 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7226 do two separate stores. */
7227 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7229 /* Undo what we did above. */
7231 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7233 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7239 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7241 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7242 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7243 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7244 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7248 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
7249 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
7250 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7251 contents
, require_jalx
))
7258 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
7259 adjust it appropriately now. */
7262 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7263 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7265 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
7266 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
7267 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
7270 "__dso_displacement",
7272 "__program_header_table",
7276 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
7284 const char* const *p
;
7287 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
7288 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
7291 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
7293 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
7295 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7296 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7298 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
7300 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
7302 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7308 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
7309 dynamic sections here. */
7312 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7313 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7314 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7315 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7319 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
7322 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7324 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
7327 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
7329 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
7331 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
7333 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7334 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7335 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7337 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
7338 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
7341 /* Fill the stub. */
7342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
7343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
7344 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
7345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
7347 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
7348 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7350 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
7351 only for the referenced symbol. */
7352 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7354 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
7355 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
7356 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
7357 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
7361 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
7362 || h
->forced_local
);
7364 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7365 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
7366 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
7367 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
7368 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7370 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
7371 the symbols that need them. */
7372 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
7373 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
7378 value
= sym
->st_value
;
7379 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
7380 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
7383 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
7385 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
7391 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
7393 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
7396 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7399 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
7404 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7406 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
7407 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
7409 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
7410 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
7411 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
7412 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
7413 appropriate addend. */
7414 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7416 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7417 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7418 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
7420 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
7421 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
7424 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7425 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
7426 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
7430 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
7431 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
7436 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
7437 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7438 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7439 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
7440 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7441 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
7442 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
7444 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7445 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7448 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7450 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7451 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7452 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
7454 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7456 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
7457 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
7459 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7460 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7462 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7464 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
7466 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7467 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7468 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
7469 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7471 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
7473 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
7474 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
7475 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
7476 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7480 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
7481 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7482 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
7486 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7487 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
7488 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
7490 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
7491 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7492 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
7493 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
7494 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
7495 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
7497 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7498 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7500 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
7501 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
7502 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
7503 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
7505 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
7509 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
7510 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
7511 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7516 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7519 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7520 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7525 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
7527 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7529 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
7531 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7536 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
7537 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
7538 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
7539 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
7540 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7543 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7547 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
7548 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7550 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
7551 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
7552 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
7554 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7558 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
7560 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
7561 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
7563 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
7569 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7570 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7571 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
7575 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
7577 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7582 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7583 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7584 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7587 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
7588 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
7592 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
7595 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
7596 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
7599 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
7604 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
7609 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
7610 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
7611 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7612 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
7615 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
7616 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
7619 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
7620 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
7621 entry of the first external symbol that is not
7622 referenced within the same object. */
7623 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
7626 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
7627 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
7629 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7632 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
7633 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
7634 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
7636 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
7638 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7639 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7640 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7642 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
7645 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
7646 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
7649 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
7650 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
7653 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7654 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
7655 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
7656 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7660 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
7661 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
7662 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
7663 are trailing null entries. */
7664 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7665 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
7666 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
7667 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
7668 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
7677 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
7682 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
7683 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
7684 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
7685 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
7687 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
7688 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000,
7689 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7693 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
7694 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7696 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7697 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
7699 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7702 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7703 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
7705 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7707 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
7708 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
7710 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
7711 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7712 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
7713 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7718 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
7720 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
7721 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7722 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7723 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
7724 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
7727 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
7734 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
7736 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7738 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7739 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7743 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7745 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7746 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7749 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7750 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7753 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7754 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7755 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7758 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7760 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7761 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7762 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7763 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7768 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7770 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7773 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7775 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7777 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7778 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7779 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7781 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7782 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7790 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7793 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
7797 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7800 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7801 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7804 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7805 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7808 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7809 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7812 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7813 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7814 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7815 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7816 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7819 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7820 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7823 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7824 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7827 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7828 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7831 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7832 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7835 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7836 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7839 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7840 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7843 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7844 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7847 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
7848 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
7851 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7852 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
7853 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7854 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7855 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7856 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7859 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7860 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7863 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7864 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7867 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7868 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7871 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7872 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7875 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7876 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7879 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
7880 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
7883 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7884 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7889 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7890 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7891 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7894 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
7895 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7898 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7902 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7903 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7904 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7905 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7906 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7908 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7909 info for each special section. */
7910 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7911 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7914 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7917 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7918 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7920 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7923 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7924 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7925 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7926 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7927 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7928 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7929 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7930 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7933 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7934 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7935 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7936 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7937 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7938 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7939 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7940 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7941 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7942 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7945 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7946 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7948 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7949 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7951 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7954 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7955 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7956 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7957 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7958 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7959 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7960 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7963 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7964 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7965 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7967 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7969 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7970 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7977 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7981 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
7986 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7987 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7988 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7991 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7992 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7993 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7994 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7997 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7998 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7999 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
8000 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
8006 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
8009 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
8010 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8013 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
8016 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
8018 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8019 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
8021 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8022 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
8027 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8031 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
8035 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
8036 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8038 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
8039 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
8047 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
8048 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
8049 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
8052 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
8053 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
8054 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
8056 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8058 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
8059 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
8064 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
8066 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8068 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
8069 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
8072 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
8073 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8074 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
8075 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
8076 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
8077 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
8078 options_segment
->count
= 1;
8079 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
8080 *pm
= options_segment
;
8085 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
8087 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
8088 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
8089 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
8090 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
8091 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
8093 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8094 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
8099 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8103 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
8105 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8110 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
8118 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
8119 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8120 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
8130 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
8131 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
8133 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
8135 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
8138 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8140 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
8141 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
8142 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
8143 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
8144 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
8146 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
8147 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
8151 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
8153 static const char *sec_names
[] =
8155 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
8159 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
8163 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
8165 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
8166 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
8173 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
8179 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8180 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
8182 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
8185 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
8186 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8193 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8195 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
8197 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
8211 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
8215 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
8216 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8217 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8218 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8219 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8221 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
8225 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
8227 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8228 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8232 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8234 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8235 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8236 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8238 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8239 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
8247 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
8252 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
8255 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8256 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8257 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8258 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8261 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8262 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8263 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
8264 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
8265 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8266 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8268 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8269 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8270 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
8272 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8273 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8274 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
8278 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8279 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8280 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8281 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8282 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8283 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8284 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8285 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
8286 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
8287 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
8298 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
8299 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
8300 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
8301 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
8304 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8305 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
8306 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
8308 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
8310 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
8312 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8315 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
8316 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
8317 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8318 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8319 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8320 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8321 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8323 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
8324 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
8326 BFD_ASSERT (indmips
->tls_type
== 0);
8330 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8331 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
8332 bfd_boolean force_local
)
8336 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8337 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8339 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
8340 if (h
->forced_local
)
8342 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
8344 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8345 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
)
8347 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8348 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8352 struct mips_got_entry e
;
8353 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
8355 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
8356 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
8357 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
8358 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
8359 the upper limit of global entries. */
8365 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8366 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
8368 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
8373 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
8374 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
8375 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
8376 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
8377 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
8379 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
8380 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
8383 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
8384 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
8385 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
8388 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
8390 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
8391 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
8393 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
8399 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
8405 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
8406 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8409 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8410 unsigned char *tdata
;
8413 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
8418 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
8420 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
8421 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
8424 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
8428 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8436 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
8437 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8439 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
8441 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
8450 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
8451 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
8457 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
8458 free (cookie
->rels
);
8464 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
8466 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
8472 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
8475 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
8478 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
8481 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
8485 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
8486 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
8488 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
8490 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
8493 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
8496 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
8497 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
8501 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
8502 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
8504 struct mips_elf_find_line
8506 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
8507 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
8511 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
8512 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
8513 const char **filename_ptr
,
8514 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8515 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8519 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8520 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8524 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8525 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8526 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
8527 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
8530 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
8534 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
8535 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
8536 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8538 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
8539 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
8540 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
8541 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
8542 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
8543 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8545 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
8548 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
8551 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
8552 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
8554 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8557 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8561 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
8563 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8567 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
8568 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
8569 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8570 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
8572 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8575 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
8576 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
8577 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
8578 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
8579 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
8580 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
8581 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
8583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
8585 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
8586 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
8587 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
8588 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
8589 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
8590 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
8593 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
8594 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8597 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8601 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8604 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
8606 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8607 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8611 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
8612 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
8613 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
8616 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
8617 const void *location
,
8618 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
8620 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8624 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8626 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
8627 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8628 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8631 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
8634 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
8637 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
8640 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8643 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
8647 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
8648 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
8651 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
8653 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8654 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
8656 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
8659 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
8660 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
8661 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8664 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8665 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
8671 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
8672 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
8675 /* read in the section */
8676 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
8677 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
8680 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
8684 if (reloc_count
< 0)
8687 if (reloc_count
> 0)
8692 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8695 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
8696 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
8697 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8698 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
8699 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
8703 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
8704 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8711 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8712 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8713 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8716 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8717 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8719 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
8721 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8722 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8724 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8726 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8735 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
8737 char *error_message
= NULL
;
8738 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8740 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8741 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8742 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8743 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
8745 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8749 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8750 fall over on its own. */
8752 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8753 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8755 /* bypass special_function call */
8756 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8757 input_section
, relocatable
,
8759 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
8761 /* end mips specific stuff */
8763 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
, input_section
,
8764 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
8766 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
8770 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8772 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8773 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8777 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8781 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8782 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8783 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8784 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8788 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8789 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
8790 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8791 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8792 (*parent
)->address
)))
8795 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8796 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8798 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8799 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8800 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8803 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8812 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8813 free (reloc_vector
);
8817 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8818 free (reloc_vector
);
8822 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8824 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8825 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
8827 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8828 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8830 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8834 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8835 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8842 /* We no longer use this. */
8843 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8844 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8846 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8847 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8848 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8850 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8852 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8855 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8856 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8857 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8860 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8864 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8865 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8866 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8867 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8868 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8869 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8870 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8871 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8872 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8878 static const char * const secname
[] =
8880 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8881 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8883 static const int sc
[] =
8885 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8886 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8889 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8890 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8891 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8893 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8897 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8898 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
8900 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8901 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8902 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8903 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8904 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8912 for (p
= abfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
8913 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
8914 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
8915 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (abfd
, info
, p
))
8919 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
8922 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8923 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8924 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8925 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8927 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8928 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8929 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8930 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8933 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8934 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8936 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8938 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8939 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8940 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8941 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8942 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8943 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8945 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8947 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8948 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8950 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8953 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8954 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8958 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8959 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8960 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8964 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8968 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8969 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8970 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8972 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8974 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8976 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8977 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8978 the information together. */
8979 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8981 asection
*input_section
;
8983 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8986 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8988 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8993 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8994 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8996 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8997 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
9000 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
9002 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
9003 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
9004 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
9005 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
9006 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
9008 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
9009 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
9010 finally written out. */
9012 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9013 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9014 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9017 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
9018 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9020 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9021 matters, but someday it might). */
9022 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
9027 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
9029 struct extsym_info einfo
;
9032 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
9033 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
9034 the information together. */
9035 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
9036 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
9038 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
9042 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
9043 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
9044 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
9046 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
9049 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
9051 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
9052 debug_info structure. */
9054 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
9055 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
9056 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
9057 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
9058 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
9060 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
9061 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
9062 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
9063 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
9065 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9066 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
9070 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
9074 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
9075 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
9076 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
9077 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
9079 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
9081 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
9082 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
9085 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
9086 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
9089 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
9090 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
9095 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9097 asection
*input_section
;
9099 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
9100 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
9104 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9106 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9111 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9112 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9114 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9115 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
9116 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
9118 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
9119 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
9120 want to deal with it. */
9124 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
9125 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
9127 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
9129 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
9130 read in the debugging information and set up an
9131 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
9132 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9136 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
9137 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
9138 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
9141 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
9142 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
9143 the linker global hash table and save the information
9144 for the output external symbols. */
9145 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
9146 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
9147 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
9148 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
9150 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
9151 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
9155 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9157 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
9158 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
9159 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
9160 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
9163 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
9164 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9165 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
9166 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
9172 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
9173 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
9179 /* Free up the information we just read. */
9180 free (input_debug
.line
);
9181 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
9182 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
9183 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
9184 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
9185 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
9186 free (input_debug
.ss
);
9187 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
9188 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
9189 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
9190 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
9192 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9193 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9194 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9197 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
9199 /* Create .rtproc section. */
9200 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9201 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
9203 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
9204 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
9206 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9207 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
9208 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
9209 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
9213 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
9219 /* Build the external symbol information. */
9222 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
9224 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
9225 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9226 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
9230 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
9231 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
9233 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9234 matters, but someday it might). */
9235 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
9240 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
9242 const char *subname
;
9245 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
9248 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
9249 information describing how the small data area would
9250 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
9251 not used in executables files. */
9252 if (! info
->relocatable
)
9254 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9256 asection
*input_section
;
9258 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9260 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9265 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9267 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9268 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9269 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9272 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
9273 currently matters, but someday it might). */
9274 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
9276 /* Really remove the section. */
9277 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
9279 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
9281 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
9282 --abfd
->section_count
;
9287 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
9288 uninitialized data. */
9289 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
9291 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
9295 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9296 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
9297 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
9298 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9302 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
9303 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
9304 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
9305 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
9306 case we must change the name of the output section. */
9307 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
9308 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
9310 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
9311 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
9313 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
9314 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
9315 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
9318 /* Set up the first entry. */
9320 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
9321 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
9324 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
9325 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
9327 /* Combine the input sections. */
9328 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9330 asection
*input_section
;
9334 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
9336 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9338 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9343 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9344 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9346 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
9347 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
9348 sorted by ascending -G value. */
9349 size
= input_section
->size
;
9351 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9353 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
9355 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
9356 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
9362 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
9363 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
9364 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
9370 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
9372 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
9373 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
9376 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
9378 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
9379 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
9381 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
9387 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
9390 /* We need a new table entry. */
9391 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
9392 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
9393 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
9399 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
9400 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
9402 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
9403 value, since that will be implied by this new
9406 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
9408 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
9410 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
9411 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
9415 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
9416 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
9421 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
9424 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9425 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9426 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9429 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
9431 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
9433 /* Swap out the table. */
9434 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9435 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9436 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
9442 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
9443 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
9446 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9447 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
9449 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9450 matters, but someday it might). */
9451 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
9455 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
9456 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
9459 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
9461 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
9463 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
9465 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
9466 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
9470 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
9472 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
9473 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
9475 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
9478 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9481 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
9483 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
9484 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
9485 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
9489 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
9491 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
9492 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
9493 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
9497 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9499 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9500 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
9502 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
9503 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
9504 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
9512 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
9514 struct mips_mach_extension
{
9515 unsigned long extension
, base
;
9519 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
9520 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
9522 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
9523 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
9524 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9525 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9527 /* MIPS V extensions. */
9528 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
9530 /* R10000 extensions. */
9531 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
9533 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
9534 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
9535 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
9536 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
9537 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
9538 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
9539 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
9541 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
9542 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9543 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9544 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9545 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9546 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9548 /* VR4100 extensions. */
9549 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9550 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9552 /* MIPS III extensions. */
9553 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9554 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9555 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9556 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9557 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9558 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9559 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9561 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
9562 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
9564 /* MIPS II extensions. */
9565 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9566 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9568 /* MIPS I extensions. */
9569 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
9570 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
9574 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
9577 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
9581 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
9582 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
9583 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
9585 return extension
== base
;
9589 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
9592 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
9594 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
9595 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
9596 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
9597 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
9598 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
9599 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
9600 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
9604 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
9605 object file when linking. */
9608 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
9613 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
9616 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
9617 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
9619 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9620 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9625 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9626 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9629 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
9631 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9632 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9637 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
9638 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9639 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
9641 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
9643 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
9644 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
9645 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9646 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
9648 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
9649 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
9651 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
9652 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9659 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9661 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9662 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9664 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9665 doesn't seem to matter. */
9666 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9667 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9669 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
9670 just be able to ignore this. */
9671 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
9672 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
9674 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
9677 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9678 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9679 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9680 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9682 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9683 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9684 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
9685 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
9687 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
9688 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
9689 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
9691 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
9700 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
9701 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
9703 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9704 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9709 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9710 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9711 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9712 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9714 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9715 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9717 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9718 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9720 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9721 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9725 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9727 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9728 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9730 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9731 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9732 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9733 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9734 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9735 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9736 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9738 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9739 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9740 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9741 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9742 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9743 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9747 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9748 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9749 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9751 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9752 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9757 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9758 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9760 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9761 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9762 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9763 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9764 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9766 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9767 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9768 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9769 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9771 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9772 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9774 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9775 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9778 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9779 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9782 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9783 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9785 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9787 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9788 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9791 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9792 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9794 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9795 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9796 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9797 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9803 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9810 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9813 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
9815 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9816 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9818 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9819 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9824 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
9828 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9830 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9831 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9833 /* xgettext:c-format */
9834 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9836 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9837 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9838 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9839 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9840 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9841 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9842 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9843 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9844 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9845 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9846 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9847 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9848 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9849 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9851 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9853 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9854 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9855 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9856 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9857 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9858 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9859 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9860 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9861 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9862 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9863 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9864 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9865 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9866 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9867 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9868 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9869 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
9870 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9872 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9874 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9875 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9877 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9878 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9880 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9881 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9883 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9890 struct bfd_elf_special_section
const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[]=
9892 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9893 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9894 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9895 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9896 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
9897 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
9898 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }